2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.165 2003/09/16 20:50:42 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24
10 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
11 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
12 of Courtesan Consulting.
13 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
14 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
15 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
16 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
17 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
18 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
19 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
20 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
21 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
22 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
23 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
24 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
25 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
26 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
27 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
28 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
29 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
30 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
31 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
32 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
33 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
34 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
35 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
36 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
37 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
38 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
39 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
40 to make sure they match.
41 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
43 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
44 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
46 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
47 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
49 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
51 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
52 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
53 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
54 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
55 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
56 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
57 after the close() and before the truncate().
58 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
59 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
60 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
62 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
63 of Washington for providing access to a computer
65 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
66 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
67 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
68 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
70 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
71 your Linux distribution, compile with
72 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
76 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
77 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
78 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
79 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
80 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
81 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
83 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
84 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
85 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
86 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
87 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
88 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
89 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
90 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
91 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
92 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
93 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
94 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
96 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
97 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
99 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
100 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
101 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
102 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
103 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
104 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
105 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
106 text file instead of the database map.
108 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
109 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
110 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
111 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
113 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
114 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
115 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
116 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
118 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
119 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
120 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
121 Stanford University Compilation Group.
122 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
123 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
124 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
125 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
126 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
127 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
128 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
129 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
130 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
131 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
133 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
134 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
135 across various connections. This could cause session
136 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
137 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
138 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
139 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
140 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
141 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
142 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
143 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
145 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
146 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
148 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
149 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
150 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
151 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
152 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
153 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
154 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
155 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
156 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
157 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
159 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
160 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
161 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
162 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
163 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
164 to be run even if Runners=0.
165 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
166 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
167 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
168 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
169 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
170 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
171 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
172 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
173 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
174 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
175 by John Majikes of IBM.
176 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
177 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
178 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
179 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
180 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
181 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
182 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
183 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
184 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
185 noted by Matthias Andree.
186 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
187 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
189 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
190 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
191 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
192 an argument, hence the builtin version of
193 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
194 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
195 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
196 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
197 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
198 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
199 of the TrustedBSD Project.
200 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
201 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
202 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
203 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
205 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
206 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
207 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
208 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
209 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
210 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
211 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
212 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
213 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
214 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
215 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
217 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
218 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
219 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
220 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
221 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
222 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
224 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
226 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
227 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
228 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
229 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
230 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
231 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
232 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
233 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
234 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
236 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
237 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
238 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
239 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
245 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
246 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
247 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
248 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
249 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
250 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
251 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
252 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
253 Courtesan Consulting.
254 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
255 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
256 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
257 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
258 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
259 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
260 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
261 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
262 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
263 Earickson of Colby College.
264 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
265 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
266 Courtesan Consulting.
267 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
268 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
269 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
270 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
271 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
272 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
274 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
275 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
276 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
277 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
278 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
279 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
280 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
281 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
282 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
283 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
284 supposed for addresses on the header content.
285 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
287 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
288 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
289 fix from Scott Walters.
290 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
291 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
292 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
293 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
294 NETISO support has been dropped.
295 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
296 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
297 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
298 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
299 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
300 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
301 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
302 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
303 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
304 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
305 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
306 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
307 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
308 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
309 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
310 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
311 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
313 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
314 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
315 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
316 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
317 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
318 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
319 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
320 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
321 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
325 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
326 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
327 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
328 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
329 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
330 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
331 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
332 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
333 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
334 with rogue DNS servers.
335 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
337 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
338 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
340 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
341 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
342 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
343 Polytechnic Institute.
344 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
345 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
347 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
348 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
349 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
350 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
351 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
352 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
353 8.13 will change the default locking method to
354 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
355 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
356 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
357 related programs to match locking techniques.
359 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
360 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
361 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
362 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
363 section of the top level README for more information.
364 Problem noted by lumpy.
365 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
367 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
368 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
369 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
370 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
371 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
373 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
374 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
375 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
376 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
377 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
379 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
380 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
381 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
382 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
383 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
384 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
385 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
386 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
387 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
388 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
389 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
390 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
392 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
393 user who started sendmail.
394 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
395 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
396 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
397 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
398 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
399 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
400 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
401 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
403 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
404 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
405 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
406 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
407 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
408 Charles University in Prague.
409 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
411 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
412 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
413 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
414 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
415 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
416 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
417 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
418 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
419 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
420 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
421 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
422 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
423 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
424 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
425 noted by Bryan Costales.
426 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
427 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
428 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
429 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
430 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
431 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
432 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
434 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
435 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
436 installing the sendmail statistics file.
437 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
438 a user's filter starts other applications.
439 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
440 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
441 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
442 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
443 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
444 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
445 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
446 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
447 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
448 noted by Bryan Costales.
452 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
453 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
454 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
455 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
456 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
457 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
458 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
459 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
460 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
461 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
462 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
463 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
465 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
466 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
467 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
468 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
470 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
471 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
472 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
473 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
474 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
475 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
477 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
478 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
479 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
480 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
481 Northern Illinois University.
482 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
483 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
485 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
486 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
487 Polytechnic Institute.
488 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
489 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
490 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
491 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
492 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
493 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
494 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
495 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
496 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
497 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
498 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
500 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
501 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
502 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
503 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
504 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
505 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
506 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
507 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
508 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
509 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
510 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
511 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
512 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
513 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
514 of Concordia University.
515 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
516 found by Mario Nigrovic.
517 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
518 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
519 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
520 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
521 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
522 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
524 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
525 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
526 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
527 total number of TCP connections.
528 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
529 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
530 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
531 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
532 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
533 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
534 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
536 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
538 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
539 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
540 patch by Bryan Costales.
541 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
542 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
543 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
544 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
545 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
546 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
547 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
548 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
549 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
550 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
551 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
552 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
555 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
557 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
558 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
559 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
561 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
563 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
564 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
565 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
566 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
567 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
568 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
569 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
570 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
572 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
573 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
575 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
576 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
577 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
578 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
579 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
580 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
581 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
582 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
583 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
584 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
585 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
586 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
587 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
588 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
589 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
590 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
591 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
592 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
593 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
594 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
596 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
597 if queue groups are used.
598 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
599 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
600 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
601 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
602 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
603 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
604 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
605 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
606 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
607 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
608 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
609 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
610 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
611 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
612 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
613 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
614 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
615 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
616 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
618 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
619 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
620 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
621 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
622 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
623 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
625 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
626 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
629 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
631 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
632 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
633 at startup, only log an error message.
634 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
635 following -b) has been specified.
636 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
637 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
638 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
639 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
640 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
642 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
643 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
644 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
645 Institute of Mining and Technology.
646 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
647 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
648 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
649 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
650 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
651 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
652 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
653 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
654 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
655 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
656 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
658 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
659 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
661 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
662 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
663 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
664 Meteorological Institute.
665 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
666 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
668 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
669 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
670 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
671 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
672 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
674 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
675 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
677 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
678 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
679 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
680 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
681 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
682 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
683 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
684 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
685 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
687 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
689 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
690 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
691 with servers that do not support realms when using
692 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
693 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
694 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
695 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
696 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
697 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
698 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
699 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
700 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
701 instead of forcing localhost.
702 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
703 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
704 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
705 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
706 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
707 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
708 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
709 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
710 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
711 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
712 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
713 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
714 Compaq Computer Corp.
715 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
716 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
719 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
720 patch provided by HP.
721 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
722 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
723 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
725 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
726 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
727 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
728 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
729 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
730 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
732 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
733 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
734 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
735 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
736 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
738 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
739 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
740 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
741 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
743 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
744 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
745 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
746 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
747 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
748 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
749 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
750 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
751 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
752 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
753 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
755 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
757 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
758 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
760 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
761 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
763 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
764 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
766 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
767 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
768 to free memory twice.
769 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
770 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
772 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
773 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
774 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
775 University of Athens.
777 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
778 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
779 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
783 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
786 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
787 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
788 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
789 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
790 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
791 found by Michal Zalewski.
792 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
793 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
794 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
795 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
796 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
797 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
798 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
799 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
800 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
801 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
802 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
803 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
804 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
805 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
806 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
807 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
808 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
809 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
810 canonical name for a host.
811 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
812 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
813 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
814 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
816 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
817 `uname` does not given complete information.
818 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
820 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
821 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
822 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
823 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
824 Courtesan Consulting.
825 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
826 problems with potential misconfigurations.
827 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
828 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
829 Technology Organisation of Australia.
830 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
831 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
833 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
834 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
835 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
836 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
837 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
839 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
840 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
841 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
853 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
854 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
855 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
856 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
857 default). The installation process tries to install
858 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
859 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
860 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
861 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
862 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
864 GroupWritableForwardFile
865 WorldWritableForwardFile
866 GroupWritableIncludeFile
867 WorldWritableIncludeFile
868 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
869 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
870 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
872 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
873 point where the variable could become overused for more than
874 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
875 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
876 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
877 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
878 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
879 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
880 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
881 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
882 see sendmail/SECURITY.
883 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
884 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
885 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
886 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
888 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
889 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
890 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
891 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
892 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
893 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
894 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
895 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
896 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
897 command has been removed.
898 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
899 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
900 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
901 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
902 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
903 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
904 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
905 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
906 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
908 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
909 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
910 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
911 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
912 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
913 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
914 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
915 creation rather than just before delivery.
916 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
917 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
918 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
919 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
920 preference matches (coattail).
921 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
922 try other MX hosts if available.
923 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
924 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
925 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
926 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
927 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
928 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
929 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
930 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
931 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
932 removed in future versions.
933 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
934 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
935 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
936 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
937 doc/op/op.me for details.
938 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
939 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
940 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
941 of the presented certificate, respectively.
942 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
943 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
944 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
945 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
946 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
947 enough on a per recipient basis.
948 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
950 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
952 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
953 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
954 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
955 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
956 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
957 really required. This change results in a noticable
958 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
959 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
960 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
961 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
962 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
963 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
964 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
965 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
966 command line, then the value also limits the number of
967 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
968 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
970 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
971 system each queue directory resides in.
972 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
973 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
974 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
975 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
976 collected together) to process the same work list at the
978 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
979 active queue runner processes.
980 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
981 runners per queue group.
982 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
983 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
984 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
985 of the queue that match during processing.
986 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
987 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
988 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
989 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
990 persistent queue runner.
991 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
992 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
994 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
995 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
996 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
997 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
998 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
999 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1000 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1001 of the qf file (older entries first).
1002 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1003 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1004 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1005 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1006 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1007 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1008 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
1009 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1010 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1011 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1012 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1013 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
1014 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1015 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1016 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1017 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1018 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
1019 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
1021 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1022 the number of entries in the queue(s).
1023 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
1024 and the usual documentation for details.
1025 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1026 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1028 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
1029 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1030 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
1031 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1032 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1033 -r (number of retries).
1034 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1035 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1036 and value separated by the given separator.
1037 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1039 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1040 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1041 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1042 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1043 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1044 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
1045 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1046 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1047 filenames with spaces).
1048 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1049 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1050 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1051 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
1052 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
1053 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1054 to the loopback net.
1055 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1056 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
1057 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1058 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1059 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1060 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1061 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1062 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1063 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1064 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1066 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1067 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
1068 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
1069 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1070 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1071 load average is exceeded.
1072 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1073 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1074 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1075 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1076 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1077 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1078 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1079 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
1081 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1082 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
1083 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1084 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1085 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1086 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1087 for direct (command line) submissions.
1088 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1089 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1090 Hagino of the KAME Project.
1091 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1092 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1093 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1094 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1095 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1096 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1097 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1098 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1100 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1101 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1102 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1103 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1104 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1105 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1106 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1107 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1108 of the Universitat Regensburg.
1109 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1110 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1111 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1112 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1113 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1114 See libsm/index.html for details.
1115 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1116 care of by fork() and exit().
1117 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
1118 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1119 new and old (from new libsm).
1120 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1121 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1122 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1123 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1124 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1125 synchronizations calls.
1126 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1127 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1128 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1129 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1130 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1131 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1133 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1134 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
1135 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1136 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1137 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1138 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1139 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1140 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1141 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
1142 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1143 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1144 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1145 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1146 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1147 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1148 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1149 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1150 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1151 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
1152 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1153 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1154 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1155 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1156 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1158 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
1159 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1160 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1161 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1163 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1164 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1165 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1167 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
1168 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1169 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1170 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
1171 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
1172 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
1173 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1174 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1175 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1177 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1178 the default schema used in the above two items.
1179 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1180 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1181 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1182 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1183 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1184 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1185 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1186 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1187 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1188 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1189 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1190 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1192 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1193 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1194 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1195 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
1196 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1197 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
1198 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1199 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1200 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1201 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1202 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
1203 (verbose) command line option.
1204 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1205 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1206 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1207 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1208 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1209 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1210 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1211 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
1212 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
1213 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1214 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1215 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1216 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1218 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1219 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1220 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1221 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1222 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1224 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
1226 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1227 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
1228 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1229 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1230 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1231 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
1232 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1233 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
1235 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1236 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1237 configurable during compile time. The current values and
1239 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
1240 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1241 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
1242 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
1243 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
1244 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
1245 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1246 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1247 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1248 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1249 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1250 Meteorological Institute.
1251 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1252 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1253 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1254 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1255 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1256 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1257 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1258 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1259 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
1260 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1261 See sendmail/README for further information.
1262 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1263 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
1264 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1265 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1266 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1267 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1268 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
1269 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1270 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1271 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1274 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1275 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
1276 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1277 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1278 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1279 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1280 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
1281 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1282 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1283 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1284 Solaris 8 and later.
1285 Add support for OpenUNIX.
1286 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1287 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1288 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1289 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1290 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1291 temporary lookup failures.
1292 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1293 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1295 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1296 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1298 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1299 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1300 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
1301 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1302 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1303 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1304 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1305 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1306 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1307 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1308 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1309 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1310 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1311 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1312 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1313 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1314 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1315 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1316 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1317 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1318 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1319 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1320 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1321 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1322 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1323 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1324 cf/README for details.
1325 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1326 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1327 University of Maryland.
1328 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1329 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1330 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1331 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1332 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1333 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1334 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1335 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1337 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1338 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1339 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1340 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1341 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1343 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1344 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1345 See cf/README for details.
1346 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1347 temporary lookup failures.
1348 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1349 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1350 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1352 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1353 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1354 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1355 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
1356 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1357 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1358 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1359 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1360 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1361 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1362 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1363 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1364 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
1365 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
1366 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
1367 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1368 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1369 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1370 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1371 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
1373 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1374 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1375 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
1377 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1378 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
1379 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1380 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1381 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
1382 recipients as user unknown.
1383 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1384 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1385 section of cf/README for more information.
1386 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1387 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1388 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1389 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1390 which takes the options as argument and can be used
1391 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1392 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1393 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
1394 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
1395 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
1396 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
1397 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
1398 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
1399 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
1400 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
1401 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
1402 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1403 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1404 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
1405 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
1406 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
1407 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
1408 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1409 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
1410 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
1411 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
1412 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
1413 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
1414 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
1415 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1416 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1417 doc/op/op.me for details.
1418 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1419 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
1420 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1421 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1423 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1424 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1425 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1426 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1427 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
1428 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1429 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1430 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1431 This affects the access database as well as the
1432 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1433 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1434 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1435 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1436 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1437 Mississippi State University.
1438 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1439 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1440 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1441 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1442 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1443 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1444 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1445 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1446 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1447 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1448 systems which don't include cat directories.
1449 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1450 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1451 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
1452 mailbox database type.
1453 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1454 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1455 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
1456 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1457 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1458 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1459 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1460 instead of white space.
1461 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1462 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1463 Meteorological Institute.
1464 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1465 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1466 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1467 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1469 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1470 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
1471 to specify the database and message file since there is no
1472 home directory for the default settings for these options.
1473 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1474 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1475 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
1476 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1483 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1484 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1485 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1487 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1488 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1489 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1490 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1491 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1493 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1494 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1495 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1506 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1507 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1513 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1514 include/sendmail/errstring.h
1515 include/sendmail/useful.h
1516 libsmutil/errstring.c
1517 sendmail/bf_portable.c
1518 sendmail/bf_portable.h
1523 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1524 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1525 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1527 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
1528 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1529 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1530 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1532 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1533 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1534 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1535 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1536 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1538 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1539 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1540 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1541 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1542 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1543 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1544 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1545 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1546 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1547 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
1548 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1549 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1550 across various connections. This could cause session
1551 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1552 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1553 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1554 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1555 canonical name for a host.
1556 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
1557 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1559 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1560 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1561 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1562 Polytechnic Institute.
1563 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1564 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1566 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1567 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1569 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1570 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1572 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
1573 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
1574 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1576 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1577 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1578 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1579 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
1580 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1581 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1582 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1584 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1585 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1588 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
1589 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1590 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
1591 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1592 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
1593 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1594 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1595 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
1596 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1597 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1598 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
1600 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
1601 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1603 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
1604 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1605 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
1606 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1607 of SE Netway Communications.
1608 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1609 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1610 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1611 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1612 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
1613 Bosserman of EarthLink.
1614 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1615 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1616 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1617 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1618 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1620 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
1621 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1622 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1623 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1624 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1625 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1626 University at Albany.
1627 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1628 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1629 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1630 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1631 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1632 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1634 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
1635 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1636 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1637 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1638 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1639 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1640 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
1641 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1642 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1643 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1645 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
1646 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1647 corruption and other potential race conditions.
1648 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1649 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
1650 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
1651 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1652 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1653 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1654 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1655 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1656 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1657 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1658 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
1660 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1661 QueueDirectory wildcards.
1662 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1663 the same map again while exiting.
1664 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1665 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1667 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1668 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1669 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1670 Oklahoma State University.
1671 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1672 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1673 InTouch Systems, Inc.
1674 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1675 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1676 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1678 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1679 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
1680 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1681 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
1682 from Werner Wiethege.
1683 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1684 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
1685 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1686 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1687 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1689 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
1690 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1691 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
1692 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1694 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1695 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1696 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1697 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1698 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1699 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1700 Meteorological Institute.
1701 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1702 since it generates random process ids.
1703 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1704 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1705 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1707 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1709 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
1710 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1711 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1712 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1713 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1714 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1715 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1716 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1717 communications consulting gmbh.
1718 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
1719 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1720 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1721 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1722 connection came in from the command line.
1723 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1724 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
1725 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1726 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1727 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1728 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1729 when they were committed.
1730 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1731 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1732 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1733 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1734 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
1735 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1736 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1737 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1739 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1740 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1742 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1743 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1744 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1745 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1747 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1748 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1749 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1751 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1752 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1753 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1754 University of New Brunswick.
1756 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1757 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1758 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1759 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
1760 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1761 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
1762 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
1763 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1764 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1765 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
1766 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1767 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1768 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1769 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1770 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1771 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1772 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1773 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
1774 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1776 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1777 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
1778 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1779 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1780 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1782 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1784 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
1785 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1786 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
1787 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
1788 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1789 Schools" project (IdS).
1790 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1791 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1792 be enabled by compiling with:
1793 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1794 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
1795 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1796 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1797 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1798 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1799 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1800 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1802 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1803 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1804 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1805 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1806 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1807 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1808 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1809 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1811 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1813 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1814 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1815 the Universitat Regensburg.
1816 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1817 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1818 University of Arizona.
1819 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1820 of Collective Technologies.
1821 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1822 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1823 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1825 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1826 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1827 Meteorological Institute.
1828 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
1829 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1830 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1831 Meteorological Institute.
1832 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
1833 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1834 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
1835 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1836 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1837 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1838 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1839 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1840 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1841 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1842 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1843 overall connections, not the number of connections per
1844 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
1847 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1848 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
1849 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1850 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1851 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1852 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
1854 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
1855 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1856 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1857 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1859 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
1860 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1861 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1863 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1864 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1865 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1866 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1867 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1868 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1869 implicitly assume canonical host names.
1870 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
1871 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1872 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1874 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1875 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
1876 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1877 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1878 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
1879 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1881 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
1882 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1883 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1884 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1885 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1886 of Kyoto University.
1887 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
1888 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1889 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1890 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
1892 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1893 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1894 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1895 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1896 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1900 contrib/buildvirtuser
1903 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
1904 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1905 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1906 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1907 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
1908 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1909 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1910 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1911 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1913 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1914 process may close the connection before the child process
1915 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1916 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1917 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1918 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1919 read the LDAP secret from a file.
1920 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1921 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1922 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1923 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1924 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1925 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1927 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1928 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1929 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
1930 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1931 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
1932 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1933 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1934 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
1935 Fournier of Acadia University.
1936 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1937 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
1938 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1939 one of the others may be able to take over.
1940 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1941 previous load average query result.
1942 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1943 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1944 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
1945 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1946 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1947 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1948 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1949 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
1950 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1951 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1952 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1953 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1954 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
1955 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1956 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
1957 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1958 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1959 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1960 University of British Columbia.
1962 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1963 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1964 override the setting. Suggested by
1965 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1966 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1967 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
1968 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1969 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1970 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1972 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
1974 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
1975 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1976 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
1977 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
1978 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1979 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1980 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1982 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1983 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1984 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1985 errors in the MAIL address.
1986 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
1987 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1988 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1989 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1990 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1991 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
1992 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
1994 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1995 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1996 mailer as described in cf/README.
1997 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1998 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1999 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2000 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2001 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2003 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2004 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2005 Meteorological Institute.
2006 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2007 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2008 dot as the only character on the line.
2010 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2012 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
2013 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2014 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2015 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2016 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
2017 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2018 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
2019 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2020 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2021 it populates. It is possible that some broken
2022 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2023 Systems in this category should compile with
2024 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2025 system and report broken implementations to
2026 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
2027 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2028 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2029 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2030 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2031 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2032 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2033 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
2034 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2035 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2036 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2037 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
2038 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2039 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2041 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2042 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2043 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2044 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2045 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
2047 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2049 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2050 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
2051 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
2053 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2054 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2055 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2056 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
2057 documented, unless a family is specified in a
2058 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
2059 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2060 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2061 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2062 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
2063 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2064 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2065 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2066 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2067 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2068 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
2069 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2070 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2071 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
2072 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
2073 of Sun Microsystems.
2074 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2075 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2076 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
2077 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2078 the incoming information in the queue file for later
2080 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2081 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2083 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2084 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
2085 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2086 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2087 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2088 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2089 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2090 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
2091 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2092 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2093 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
2094 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2095 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2096 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2097 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2098 of Northern Illinois University.
2099 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
2100 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2101 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2103 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2104 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2105 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2107 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2108 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2109 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
2110 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2111 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2112 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2113 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2114 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2115 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2116 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2117 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2118 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2119 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2120 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2121 G. Thomas Consulting.
2122 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2124 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2125 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2126 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2127 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
2128 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2129 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2130 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2131 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2132 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2133 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2134 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2135 University of Mainz.
2136 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2137 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2138 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
2139 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2141 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2142 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
2143 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2144 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2145 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2146 work properly causing problems if the accept()
2147 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
2148 from Tom Moore of NCR.
2149 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
2150 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2151 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2152 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
2153 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2154 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2155 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2156 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2157 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2158 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2159 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
2160 confCACERT CACERTFile
2161 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
2162 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
2163 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
2164 confRAND_FILE RandFile
2165 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
2166 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
2167 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2168 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
2169 cf/README for more information.
2170 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2171 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2172 called due to a STARTTLS command.
2173 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2174 instead of temporary.
2175 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2176 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2177 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2179 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2180 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
2182 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2183 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2184 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2185 University of Maryland.
2186 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
2187 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2188 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2189 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2190 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2191 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2192 of the University of Alberta.
2193 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2194 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2195 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2196 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2197 of X.509 certificates.
2198 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
2199 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2200 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
2201 Universitat Regensburg.
2202 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2203 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2204 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2205 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2206 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2207 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2208 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2209 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2210 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2211 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2212 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2213 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2214 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2215 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2217 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2218 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2220 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2222 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2223 Denman Tire Corporation.
2224 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2225 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2226 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2227 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2228 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
2229 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
2230 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2231 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2233 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2234 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2238 contrib/link_hash.sh
2239 contrib/movemail.conf
2241 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2244 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
2245 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2246 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2247 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2248 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
2249 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2250 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2251 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2255 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
2256 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2257 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2258 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
2259 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2260 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
2261 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2262 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2263 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2264 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2265 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2266 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
2267 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2268 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2269 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
2270 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2271 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
2272 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2273 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2274 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2276 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2277 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2278 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2279 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2280 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2281 Polytechnic Institute.
2282 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2283 discards the message.
2284 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2285 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2286 attempted to the alias.
2287 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2290 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2291 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2292 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
2293 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
2294 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2295 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
2296 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2297 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2298 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2299 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2300 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2301 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2302 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2303 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2305 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2306 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
2307 Courtesan Consulting.
2308 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
2309 Siemens Business Services.
2310 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2311 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2313 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2314 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2315 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2316 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2317 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2318 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2319 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2321 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2322 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2323 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2324 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2325 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2327 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2328 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2330 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2331 for other internal projects but included in the open source
2333 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2334 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2335 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
2336 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2337 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2338 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2340 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2341 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
2342 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2343 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2345 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
2346 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2347 Northern Illinois University.
2348 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2349 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2350 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
2351 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2352 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2353 Polytechnique de Montreal.
2354 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2355 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2356 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2358 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2359 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2361 contrib/converting.sun.configs
2362 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2367 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
2368 *************************************************************
2369 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
2370 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
2371 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
2372 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
2373 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
2374 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
2375 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
2376 * coach, and a friend. *
2378 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
2379 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
2380 * Julie, we miss you! *
2381 *************************************************************
2382 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2383 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2384 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2385 symbolic link target.
2386 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2387 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2388 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2389 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2390 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2391 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2392 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
2393 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2394 version of sendmail.
2395 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2396 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
2397 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2399 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
2400 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
2401 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2402 for easier code sharing among the programs.
2403 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
2404 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2405 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2406 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2407 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2408 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2409 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2410 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2411 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2412 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2413 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2414 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2415 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2416 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2417 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2418 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2419 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2420 now listen on several different ports. Use:
2421 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2422 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2423 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2424 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2425 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
2426 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2427 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2428 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2429 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2430 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
2431 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2432 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
2433 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2434 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2435 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2436 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2437 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2438 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2439 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2441 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2442 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2443 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
2444 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2445 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
2446 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2447 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2448 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2449 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2450 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2452 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2453 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2454 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
2455 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2456 a control socket request.
2457 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2459 Timeout.resolver.retrans
2460 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2461 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2462 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2463 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2464 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2465 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2466 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2467 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2468 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2470 Timeout.resolver.retry
2471 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2472 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2473 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2474 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2475 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2476 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2477 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2478 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2479 query for all resolver lookups except the first
2481 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2482 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
2483 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
2484 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2485 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2486 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
2487 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2488 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
2489 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2490 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
2491 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2492 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2493 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2494 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2495 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
2496 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2497 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2498 Telecommunications Ltd.
2499 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2500 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2501 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
2502 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
2504 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2505 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2506 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2507 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2508 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2509 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
2510 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2511 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2512 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2513 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2514 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2515 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2516 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2517 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2518 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2519 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2520 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2521 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2522 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2523 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2525 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2526 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
2527 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
2528 example mailer might be:
2529 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2530 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2531 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2532 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2533 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
2535 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2536 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2537 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2538 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2539 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2541 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2542 body of the original message on delivery status
2544 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
2545 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2546 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2547 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
2548 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2549 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
2550 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
2551 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2552 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
2553 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2554 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
2555 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2556 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
2557 Conwell of Boston University.
2558 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
2559 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2560 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2561 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2563 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2564 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
2565 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2566 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2567 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2568 similar to check_rcpt etc.
2569 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2570 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2571 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2572 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2573 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2574 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2575 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
2576 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2577 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2578 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
2580 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2581 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2582 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2583 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2585 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2586 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2588 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2589 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2590 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2591 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2592 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2593 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2594 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2595 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2596 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2598 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2599 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2600 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2601 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
2602 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2603 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2604 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2605 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2606 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
2607 a denial-of-service attack.
2608 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2609 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
2610 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2612 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2614 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2615 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2616 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2617 directly before the newline.
2618 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2619 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2620 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
2621 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2622 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2623 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
2624 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2625 could not be opened.
2626 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
2627 value of this option is macro expanded.
2628 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2629 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2630 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2631 (along with the already existing macros):
2632 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
2633 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2634 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2635 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2636 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2637 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
2638 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2639 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2640 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2641 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
2642 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2644 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2645 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2646 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2647 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2648 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2649 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
2650 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2651 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2652 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
2653 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2654 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
2655 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2656 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2657 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2658 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2659 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
2660 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2661 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2662 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2663 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
2665 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2666 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
2667 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
2669 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2670 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
2671 of Renaissance Internet Services.
2672 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2673 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2674 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2675 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2676 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2677 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
2678 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2679 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2680 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
2681 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2682 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2683 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2684 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2685 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2686 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2687 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2689 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2690 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2691 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2692 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2693 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2694 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
2695 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
2696 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2697 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2698 David Cooley of Colby College.
2699 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2700 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
2701 already decided the message will be passed to another host
2702 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2703 Buckeridge Young Limited.
2704 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2705 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2706 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
2707 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
2708 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2709 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
2710 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2711 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
2712 of Stanford University.
2713 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
2714 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2715 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2716 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2717 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
2718 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
2719 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2720 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2721 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2722 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
2723 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2724 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
2725 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2726 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2727 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2728 attributes found in the match will be returned.
2729 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2730 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
2731 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2732 comma separated key and value strings.
2733 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2734 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2735 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2736 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2737 a single connection to that host.
2738 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2739 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2741 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2743 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2744 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2745 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
2746 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2747 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2748 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
2749 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2750 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2751 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2752 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2753 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2754 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2755 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2757 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2758 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2759 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2760 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2762 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2763 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
2764 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
2765 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2766 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2767 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2769 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2770 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2772 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
2773 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2774 important if you have large classes.
2775 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2776 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
2777 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2778 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2779 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2780 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2781 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2782 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
2783 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2784 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2785 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
2786 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2787 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2788 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
2789 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2790 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
2791 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2792 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2793 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2794 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2795 determined). For single processor machines, this change
2797 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2798 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2799 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
2800 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2801 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2802 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2803 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2804 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2805 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2806 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2807 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
2808 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2809 connection-based denial of service attacks.
2810 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2812 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2813 information (from= syslog line).
2814 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2816 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2817 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
2818 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
2819 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2820 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2821 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2822 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2823 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
2824 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2825 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2826 the program as the default user and the default group, not
2827 the forward file user. This change also assures the
2828 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2829 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
2830 Popovici of DNT Romania.
2831 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2832 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
2833 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2834 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2835 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2836 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2837 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2838 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2839 helpful to know the sender of the message.
2840 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2841 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2842 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2843 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2845 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2846 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2847 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2848 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2849 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2850 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
2851 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2852 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
2853 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2854 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2855 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2856 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2857 length before the attempt.
2858 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2859 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
2860 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2861 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
2862 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2863 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2864 host status files, not all files.
2865 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2866 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2867 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2869 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2870 macro map class. This can be used to store information
2871 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2872 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2874 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
2875 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2876 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2877 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
2878 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2879 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2880 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2881 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2883 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2884 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2885 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2886 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2887 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2888 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
2889 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2890 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
2891 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2892 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2893 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2894 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2895 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
2896 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2898 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2899 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2900 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2901 if referencing a named ruleset.
2902 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2903 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2904 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2905 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
2906 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
2907 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2908 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
2909 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
2910 the University of Maryland.
2911 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2912 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2913 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2914 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
2915 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2916 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2918 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2919 but for outgoing connections.
2920 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2921 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2922 a require authentication
2923 b bind to interface through which mail has
2925 c perform hostname canonification
2926 f require fully qualified hostname
2927 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2929 C don't perform hostname canonification
2930 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2931 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2932 h use name of interface for HELO command
2933 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2934 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2935 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2936 Institutes of Health.
2937 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2938 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2939 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2940 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
2941 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2942 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2943 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2944 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2945 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2946 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2947 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2948 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
2949 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2950 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2951 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2952 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2953 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2954 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2955 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2956 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2957 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2958 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
2959 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2960 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
2961 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2962 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2963 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2964 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2965 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2966 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2968 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2969 interface address structure when loading the system network
2970 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2972 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2973 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2974 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
2975 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
2976 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2977 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2979 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2980 Northern Illinois University.
2981 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2982 envelope splitting has occurred.
2983 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2984 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2985 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2986 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2987 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2988 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2990 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2991 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
2992 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2993 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2994 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2995 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
2996 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2997 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2998 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2999 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3000 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3001 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3002 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3003 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
3004 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3005 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3006 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3007 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3008 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3009 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3010 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3011 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
3012 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3013 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3014 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3015 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3017 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3018 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3019 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3020 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3021 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
3022 ruleset lines as well.
3023 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3024 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3025 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
3026 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3028 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3029 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3030 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3031 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3032 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3033 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3034 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3035 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3036 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3037 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3039 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3040 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3041 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3042 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3043 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3044 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3045 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
3046 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3047 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3048 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3049 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3050 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
3051 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3052 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3053 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
3054 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3056 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3057 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3058 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3060 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3061 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3062 them in the .cf file.
3063 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3064 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3065 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3066 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3067 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3068 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3069 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3070 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
3071 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3072 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3073 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3074 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
3075 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
3076 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3077 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
3078 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3079 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3080 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
3081 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3082 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
3083 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3084 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3085 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3086 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
3087 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3088 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
3089 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3090 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3091 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
3092 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
3093 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3094 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3095 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
3096 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
3097 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3098 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
3099 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3100 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3101 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
3102 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3103 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
3104 don't fail on ANY queries.
3105 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3106 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3107 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3108 Northern Illinois University.
3109 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3110 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3112 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3113 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3114 Northern Illinois University.
3115 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3116 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3117 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3119 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3120 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3121 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3122 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
3123 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3124 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3125 This allows network interface probing to work
3126 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
3128 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3129 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3130 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3132 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3133 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3135 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3136 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3138 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3139 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3140 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3141 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3142 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3143 in building the operating system. Users can
3144 override the defaults by setting confCC and
3145 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3146 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3147 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3148 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3149 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3150 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3151 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3152 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3153 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3154 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3155 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3156 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
3157 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3158 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3159 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3160 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3161 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3162 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3163 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
3164 use that value in conf.h.
3165 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
3167 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3168 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3169 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3171 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
3172 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3174 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3175 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3176 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3178 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3179 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
3180 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3182 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3184 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3185 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
3186 Siemens Business Services.
3187 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3188 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3189 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3190 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
3191 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3192 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3193 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3195 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3196 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3197 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3198 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3199 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3200 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3201 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3203 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
3204 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3205 Technology Information Network.
3206 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
3207 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3208 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3209 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3211 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3212 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
3213 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
3214 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3215 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
3216 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
3218 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3219 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3220 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3221 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3222 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3223 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3224 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
3225 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
3226 Courtesan Consulting.
3227 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3228 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3229 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3230 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3231 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3232 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3234 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3235 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3237 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3238 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3239 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3240 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
3242 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3243 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
3244 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
3245 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
3246 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
3247 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
3248 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
3249 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
3250 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
3251 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
3252 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
3253 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
3254 confPID_FILE PidFile
3255 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
3256 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
3257 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
3258 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
3259 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3260 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3261 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
3262 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3263 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3264 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
3265 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
3266 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3267 which takes the options as argument and can be used
3268 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3269 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3270 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3271 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
3272 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3274 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3275 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3276 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3277 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3278 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
3279 value should be changed with care.
3280 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3281 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3282 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3283 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3285 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3286 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
3288 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3289 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3290 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3291 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3292 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3293 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3294 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3295 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3296 of Northern Illinois University.
3297 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3298 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3299 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3300 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3301 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3303 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3305 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3306 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3307 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3308 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
3309 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3311 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3312 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3313 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3314 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3315 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3316 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3317 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
3318 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3319 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3320 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3321 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
3322 Hubert of University of Washington.
3323 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3324 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
3325 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3326 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3327 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3328 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
3329 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3330 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
3331 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3333 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3334 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3336 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3337 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3338 University and Brian Candler.
3339 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3340 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3341 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3342 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3344 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3345 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3346 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3347 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3348 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3349 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3350 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3351 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3352 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3353 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3354 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3355 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
3356 Willamette Industries, Inc.
3357 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3358 converted to <user@d>
3359 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3360 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3361 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3362 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3364 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3365 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3366 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3368 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3369 be accessed by their numbers).
3370 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3371 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3373 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3374 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3375 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3376 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3377 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3378 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3379 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3380 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3381 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3382 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3383 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3384 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3386 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3387 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3388 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3389 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
3390 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3391 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3392 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3393 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3394 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3395 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3396 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3397 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3398 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3399 University of California at Berkeley.
3400 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3401 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3402 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
3403 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3404 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3406 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3407 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3408 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3410 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3411 be used for building.
3412 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3413 used for a fresh build.
3414 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3415 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3417 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3418 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3419 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3420 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
3422 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3423 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3424 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3425 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3426 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
3427 of Siemens Business Services.
3428 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3429 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3430 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
3432 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3433 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3434 They should contain the C source files for the object files
3435 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
3436 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3437 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3438 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
3439 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3440 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3441 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3442 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
3443 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3444 are in devtools/README.
3445 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3446 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3447 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3448 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
3449 new variable which identifies the root of the source
3450 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3451 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3452 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3454 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3455 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3456 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3457 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3458 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3460 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3461 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3463 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3464 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
3465 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3466 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3467 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3469 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3470 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3471 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3472 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
3473 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3474 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3475 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3476 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3477 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3478 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
3479 install-strip target.
3480 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3481 the others (if it exists).
3482 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3483 then the default ones.
3484 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
3485 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3486 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3488 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3489 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3490 Northern Illinois University.
3491 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3492 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3493 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3494 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3495 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
3496 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3498 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3499 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3500 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3502 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3503 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
3504 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3505 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3506 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3507 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3508 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3510 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3511 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3512 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3513 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3514 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3515 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3516 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
3517 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3518 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3519 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3520 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3521 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3522 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3523 Alcatel Australia Limited.
3524 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3525 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
3526 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3527 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3528 timeout to avoid starvation.
3529 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3530 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3531 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3532 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3533 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3534 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3535 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3537 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3538 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3539 sendmail configuration file.
3540 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3541 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3543 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
3544 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3545 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
3546 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3547 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
3548 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3549 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3550 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3551 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3553 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3554 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3555 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
3556 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3557 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3558 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3559 Institute for Global Communications.
3560 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3561 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
3562 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3563 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3564 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
3565 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3566 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
3567 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3568 of the Institute for Global Communications.
3569 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
3570 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3571 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3572 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
3573 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3575 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3576 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
3577 which execute the actual Build script in
3579 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3580 -mandoc as they were previously.
3581 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3582 of Build will work (unless parameters are
3583 required for Build).
3591 Renamed Directories:
3592 BuildTools => devtools
3596 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3597 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3603 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3604 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3605 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3607 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3608 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3609 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3610 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3614 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3615 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3616 contrib/domainmap.m4
3619 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3621 devtools/M4/string.m4
3622 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3623 devtools/M4/switch.m4
3626 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3627 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3629 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3637 sendmail/bf_portable.c
3638 sendmail/bf_portable.h
3641 sendmail/shmticklib.c
3642 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3648 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3649 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3650 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3651 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3652 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3653 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3654 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3655 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3656 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3658 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3660 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
3661 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3662 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3663 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3664 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3665 Schools" project (IdS).
3666 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3667 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
3668 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
3669 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3670 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3671 when performing the MIME header length check. This
3672 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
3673 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3674 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3675 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3676 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3677 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3678 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3679 ExecPC Internet Systems.
3680 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3681 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3682 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3683 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
3684 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3685 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3686 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3687 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
3688 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3689 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3690 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3691 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3692 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3693 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3694 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3695 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3696 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3697 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
3698 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3701 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3702 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
3703 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3704 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
3705 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
3706 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3707 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3708 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3709 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3710 Technical University of Denmark.
3711 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3712 Supercomputer Center.
3713 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3714 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3715 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3716 of Stanford University.
3717 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3718 between different releases. Back out the
3719 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3720 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3721 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3722 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3723 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3725 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3726 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3727 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3729 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3730 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
3731 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3732 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3733 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
3734 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3735 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
3736 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3737 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3738 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3739 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3740 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3741 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3744 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3745 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3746 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3748 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
3749 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3750 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
3751 for a denial of service attack.
3752 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3753 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3754 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3755 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3757 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3758 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3759 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3760 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3761 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3762 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
3763 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3764 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3766 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3767 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3768 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3769 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3770 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3771 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3772 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3773 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
3774 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3775 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3776 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3777 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3778 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3779 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3780 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3781 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3782 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3783 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3785 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3786 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
3787 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3788 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3789 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3790 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
3791 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3792 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
3793 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3794 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3795 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3796 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3798 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3799 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3800 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3801 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3802 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3803 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3804 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3805 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3806 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3807 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3808 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3809 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
3810 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3812 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
3813 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3814 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3815 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3816 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
3817 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
3818 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3819 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3820 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
3821 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3822 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
3823 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3824 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3825 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
3826 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3827 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
3828 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3829 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3830 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3831 Meteorological Institute.
3832 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3833 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
3834 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3836 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3837 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3838 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
3839 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3840 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3841 reading network interface addresses into
3842 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
3843 Cal State University, Chico.
3844 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3845 from changing the semantics of the compiled
3846 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
3847 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3848 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
3849 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3850 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3851 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
3852 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3853 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3854 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3855 of Sun Microsystems.
3856 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
3857 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3858 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
3860 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
3861 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3862 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
3864 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3865 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3867 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3868 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3870 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
3871 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3872 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3873 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
3874 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3875 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3876 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3877 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
3878 Manawatu Internet Services.
3879 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3880 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3881 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
3882 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3883 of Northern Illinois University.
3884 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
3885 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3887 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3889 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
3890 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3891 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3892 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3893 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3894 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3895 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3896 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3897 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3898 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3899 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3900 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
3901 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3902 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
3903 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3904 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3905 the envelope From header.
3906 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3907 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3908 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3909 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3910 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3911 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3912 Portal Services, Inc.
3913 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3914 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
3916 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3918 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3919 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3920 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3921 contrib/smcontrol.pl
3924 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
3925 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3926 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3927 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3928 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3929 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3930 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3931 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3932 Meteorological Institute.
3933 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3934 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
3935 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3936 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3937 installation commands. The man pages would still be
3938 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
3939 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3940 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3941 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3942 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3943 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3944 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3945 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3946 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3947 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3948 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3949 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3950 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3951 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3952 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
3954 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3955 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
3956 DaveLtd Enterprises.
3957 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3958 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
3959 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3960 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3961 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
3962 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3963 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
3964 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3965 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3966 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3967 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3968 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3969 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3971 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3972 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
3973 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3974 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3975 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3976 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3978 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3979 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3980 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3981 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3982 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
3984 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
3985 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3987 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
3988 J. P. McCann of E I A.
3989 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
3991 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3992 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3993 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3994 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3995 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3996 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3997 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3998 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3999 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
4000 would not accept @@hostname.
4001 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4002 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4003 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4004 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
4005 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4007 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4009 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
4010 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4011 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4012 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4013 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
4014 which need the ability to override security can use the
4015 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
4017 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4018 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4019 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4020 world writable directories.
4021 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4022 it is in a world writable directory.
4023 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4024 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4025 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
4026 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4027 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4028 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4029 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4030 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4031 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4032 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4033 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
4034 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4035 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4036 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
4037 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4039 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4040 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4041 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4042 the University of Maryland.
4043 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
4044 of Cal State University, Chico.
4045 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
4046 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4047 current version of Berkeley DB.
4048 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4049 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4050 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4051 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4053 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4054 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4055 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
4057 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4058 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4059 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
4060 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4061 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4062 mail.local on the F=z flag.
4063 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
4064 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4065 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
4066 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4067 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4068 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4069 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4070 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4071 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4072 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4073 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4074 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4075 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4076 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4077 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
4078 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4079 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
4080 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4081 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4082 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4083 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4084 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
4085 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4086 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4087 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4088 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
4090 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4091 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4092 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4093 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4094 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
4095 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4096 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4097 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4098 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4099 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
4100 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4101 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4102 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4103 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4104 sender for those failures.
4105 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4106 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4107 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4108 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
4110 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4111 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4112 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4113 of Procter & Gamble.
4114 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4115 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4116 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4117 of Procter & Gamble.
4118 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
4119 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4120 of system security. This should only be used if you are
4121 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
4122 DontBlameSendmail options are:
4125 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4126 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4127 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4128 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4129 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4130 GroupWritableAliasFile
4131 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4132 WorldWritableAliasFile
4133 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4134 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4135 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4136 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4137 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4138 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4140 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4141 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4142 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4143 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4144 LinkedMapInWritableDir
4145 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4146 FileDeliveryToHardLink
4147 FileDeliveryToSymLink
4150 WriteStatsToHardLink
4152 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4154 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4155 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
4156 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4157 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4158 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4159 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4160 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4161 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4162 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4163 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4164 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4165 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4166 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4167 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4168 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4169 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4170 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4171 contrast to the success case).
4172 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
4175 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4176 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4177 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4178 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4179 from hiding their connection information in Received:
4181 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4182 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
4183 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4184 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4185 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4186 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
4187 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4188 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
4189 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4190 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4191 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4192 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4193 remote identity can be queried.
4194 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4195 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4196 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
4197 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4198 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4199 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4200 some of the details are determined dynamically via
4201 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4202 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4203 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4204 the new Build method which creates an operating system
4205 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4206 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4207 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4208 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
4209 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4210 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
4211 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4212 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4213 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4214 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4215 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4216 This means that even if only one of the recipients
4217 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4218 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4219 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4220 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
4221 of CNET: The Computer Network.
4222 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4223 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4224 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4225 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4226 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4227 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4228 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4229 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4230 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4231 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4232 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4233 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4234 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4235 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4236 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
4237 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4238 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4239 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4240 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4242 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4244 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4245 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
4246 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4247 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4248 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4249 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4250 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4251 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4253 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
4254 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4255 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4257 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4258 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
4259 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4260 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4261 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4262 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
4263 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4264 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
4266 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4267 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
4268 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
4269 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4270 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4271 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
4272 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4273 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4274 Stratus Computer, Inc.
4275 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4276 currently supported version.
4277 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
4278 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4279 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4280 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4281 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
4282 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4283 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4284 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4285 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4286 message in error bounces.
4287 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4288 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4289 Digital Equipment Corporation.
4291 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4292 of Kyoto University.
4293 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
4294 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4296 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4297 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4299 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4300 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4301 the University of Maryland.
4302 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4303 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4304 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4305 Meteorological Institute.
4306 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4307 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4308 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4309 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4310 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4311 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4312 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
4313 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
4314 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4315 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4316 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
4317 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4318 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4319 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
4321 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4322 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4323 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
4324 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4325 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4326 directory for certain programs.
4327 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4328 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4329 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4330 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
4331 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4332 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4333 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
4334 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
4335 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4336 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4337 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4338 the user to setup different .forward files for
4339 user+detail addressing.
4340 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4341 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4342 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4343 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4344 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4345 outside your domain).
4346 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4347 any site to any site.
4348 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4349 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4350 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4351 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4352 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4353 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
4354 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4355 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
4356 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4357 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4358 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4359 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4360 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4361 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4362 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4364 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
4365 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
4366 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4367 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4368 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
4369 needed for most installations.
4370 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4371 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
4372 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4373 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4374 the University of Maryland.
4375 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4376 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4377 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4378 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4379 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4380 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4381 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4382 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4383 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4384 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4385 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4386 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
4387 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4388 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
4389 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4390 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4391 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4392 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
4393 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
4394 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
4395 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4396 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4397 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4398 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4399 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4400 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
4401 above for more information.
4402 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4403 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4404 Meteorological Institute.
4405 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4406 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4407 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
4408 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
4409 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4410 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4411 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4412 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4413 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4414 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4415 MustQuoteChars respectively.
4416 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
4417 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4418 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
4419 CMU (now of Netscape).
4420 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4421 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
4422 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
4423 read mail.local/README.
4424 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4425 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4426 University of Maryland.
4427 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4429 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4430 Meteorological Institute.
4431 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4432 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4433 University of Maryland.
4434 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4435 such as linked files in world writable directories.
4436 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4437 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4438 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
4439 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4441 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
4442 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4443 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4445 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4446 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4447 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4449 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4450 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4451 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4452 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4453 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4454 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4455 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4456 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4457 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4458 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4459 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4460 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4461 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4462 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4463 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4465 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4466 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4468 BuildTools/Site/README
4469 BuildTools/bin/Build
4470 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4471 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4472 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4475 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4476 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4477 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4478 cf/feature/access_db.m4
4479 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4480 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4481 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4482 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4484 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4485 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4486 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4487 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4489 contrib/doublebounce.pl
4491 mail.local/Makefile.m4
4494 mailstats/Makefile.m4
4498 praliases/Makefile.m4
4508 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4510 mail.local/Makefile.dist
4512 mailstats/Makefile.dist
4514 makemap/Makefile.dist
4516 praliases/Makefile.dist
4521 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4522 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4523 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4524 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4527 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4528 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4529 src/READ_ME => src/README
4531 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
4532 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4533 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4534 Meteorological Institute.
4535 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4536 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
4537 Arseneault of SRI International.
4538 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4539 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4540 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4541 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4542 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4543 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4544 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
4545 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
4546 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4547 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4548 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4550 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4551 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4552 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4553 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4554 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4555 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4556 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4557 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4558 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
4559 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4560 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4561 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4562 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4563 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4564 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4565 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
4566 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4567 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4568 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
4569 results during a single message processing (but would
4570 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
4571 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4572 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4573 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4574 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4575 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4576 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4577 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4578 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4579 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4580 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
4581 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4582 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4583 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4584 and the inability to save a bounce message to
4585 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4586 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4587 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4588 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4590 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
4591 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4592 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4593 could cause confusing error messages.
4594 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4595 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
4596 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4597 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4599 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
4600 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4601 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4602 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4603 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4604 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4605 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4607 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4608 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
4609 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4610 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4611 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4612 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4613 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4614 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4616 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4617 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4618 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4619 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4620 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4621 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4622 RUS University of Stuttgart.
4624 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4625 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
4626 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
4627 of Stanford University.
4628 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4629 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
4630 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4632 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4633 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4634 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4635 Electronic Data Systems.
4636 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
4637 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4638 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4639 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4640 loader environment variables into the loader memory
4641 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
4642 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4643 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4644 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
4645 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4646 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4647 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4648 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
4649 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4650 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
4651 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4652 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
4653 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4654 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4655 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4656 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4658 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4659 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4660 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4661 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
4662 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4663 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4665 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4666 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4667 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4670 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
4671 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4672 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4673 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4674 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4675 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4677 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4678 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
4679 of Technology, Stockholm.
4680 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4681 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4682 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4683 that these routines are included as though they were in the
4684 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4685 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4686 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4687 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4688 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4689 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4690 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
4691 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4692 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4693 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
4694 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4695 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
4696 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4697 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4698 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4699 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
4700 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4701 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4702 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4703 have to assume that the information is good.
4704 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4706 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4707 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4708 errors during testing.
4709 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4710 printed in the error message.
4711 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4712 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4713 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4714 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4715 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4716 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4717 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4718 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4719 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4720 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
4721 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4722 runner runs during a critical section in another message
4723 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4725 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4726 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4727 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4728 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
4729 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4730 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4731 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4732 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4733 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4734 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4735 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4736 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4737 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4738 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
4739 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4740 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4741 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4743 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4744 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4745 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4746 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
4747 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4748 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4749 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4750 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
4751 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4752 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4753 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
4755 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4756 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
4757 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4758 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4760 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4761 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
4762 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4764 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
4765 of Argonne National Laboratory.
4766 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4767 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4768 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
4769 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4770 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4772 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4773 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4774 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4775 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4776 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4777 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4779 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
4780 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4781 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
4782 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4784 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4785 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4786 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
4787 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
4788 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4789 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4790 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4791 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4793 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4794 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
4795 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4796 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4797 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4798 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4799 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4800 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4802 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4803 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
4805 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
4806 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4807 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4808 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4809 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4810 changed after open".
4811 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
4813 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4815 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4816 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4818 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4822 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
4823 *************************************************************
4824 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
4825 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
4826 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
4827 * continued sendmail development. *
4828 *************************************************************
4829 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4830 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4831 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
4832 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4833 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4834 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
4835 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4836 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
4837 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4838 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
4839 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4840 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4841 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
4842 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4843 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4844 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4845 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4846 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4847 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4848 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4849 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4850 another database; this can be used either to expose
4851 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4852 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4853 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
4854 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4855 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4856 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4857 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
4858 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4860 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4861 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4862 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
4863 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
4864 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4865 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4866 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4867 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4868 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4869 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4870 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4871 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4872 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4873 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4874 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4875 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4876 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4877 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4878 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4879 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4880 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
4881 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4882 NFS-mounted filesystems.
4883 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4884 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4885 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4886 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4887 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
4888 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4889 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4890 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
4891 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4892 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4893 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4895 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4896 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
4898 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4899 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
4900 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4901 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4902 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4903 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4904 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4905 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
4906 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4907 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4908 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4910 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4911 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
4912 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4913 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4914 too large) don't send the bogus message.
4915 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4916 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
4917 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4918 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4919 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
4920 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4921 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4922 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
4924 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4925 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
4927 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4928 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4929 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4930 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
4931 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
4932 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4933 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4934 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4935 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4936 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4938 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4939 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4940 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4942 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4943 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4944 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
4945 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4946 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4947 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4948 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4949 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
4950 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4952 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4953 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4955 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4956 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4957 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4958 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4959 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
4960 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4961 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4962 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
4963 erroneous results during a single message processing
4964 (but would recover when the next message was received).
4965 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4966 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
4967 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4968 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4969 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
4970 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4971 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4972 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4973 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4974 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4975 address as "may be forged".
4976 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4977 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4978 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4979 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4980 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4981 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
4983 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4984 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4985 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4986 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4987 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4988 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4989 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4990 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4991 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4993 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4994 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
4995 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4996 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4997 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
4998 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4999 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5000 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5001 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5002 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
5003 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5005 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5006 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5007 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
5008 John Beck of SunSoft.
5009 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5010 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5011 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5012 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5013 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5014 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5015 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5016 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
5017 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5018 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
5019 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5021 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5022 on some architectures.
5024 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5025 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5026 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
5027 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5028 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5030 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5031 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5032 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5033 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5034 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5035 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5036 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5037 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5038 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
5039 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5040 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5041 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5042 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5043 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5044 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5046 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
5048 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5049 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5051 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5052 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5053 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5054 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
5056 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5057 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5058 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5059 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5060 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5061 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5062 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5063 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
5064 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5065 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5066 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
5067 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5068 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5069 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5070 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5071 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5072 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5073 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5074 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5075 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5076 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5077 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5078 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
5079 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5080 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5081 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5082 was specified, even when it wasn't.
5083 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
5084 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5085 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5086 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
5087 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5088 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5089 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5090 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5091 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
5092 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5093 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5095 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
5096 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
5097 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5098 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5099 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5100 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5101 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5102 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5104 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5105 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5106 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
5107 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
5108 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5109 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
5110 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5111 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5112 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5113 for system accounts.
5116 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5118 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5119 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5120 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5122 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5123 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5125 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
5126 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
5127 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5128 even if RunAsUser is specified.
5129 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
5130 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5131 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5132 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5133 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5134 University of Pennsylvania.
5135 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5136 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
5137 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5138 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5139 was unnecessarily awful.
5140 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5141 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5142 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5143 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5144 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5145 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5146 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5147 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5148 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5149 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5150 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5151 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5152 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
5153 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5154 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5155 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5157 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5158 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
5159 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5161 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5162 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5163 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
5164 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
5165 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5166 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5167 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5168 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5169 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5170 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5171 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5172 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
5173 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5174 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
5176 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5177 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5178 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5179 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
5180 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5181 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5182 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5183 The current values and defaults are:
5184 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5185 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
5186 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
5187 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
5188 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5189 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5190 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5191 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5192 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
5193 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5194 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5195 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5196 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5197 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5198 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
5200 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5201 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5202 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5203 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5204 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5205 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5206 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5207 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5208 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5209 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5210 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5211 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5213 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5214 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5215 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5216 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5217 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
5218 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5219 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5220 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5222 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5223 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5224 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5225 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5226 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5227 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5228 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5230 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5231 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5232 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5233 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5234 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5235 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5236 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5237 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
5238 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5239 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5241 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5242 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
5243 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5244 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5245 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
5246 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5247 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5248 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
5249 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5250 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5251 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5252 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
5253 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
5254 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
5255 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5256 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5257 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5258 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5259 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
5260 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5261 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5262 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5263 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5264 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5265 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5266 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5269 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
5270 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5271 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5272 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
5273 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5274 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
5275 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
5276 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5277 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5278 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5279 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
5280 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5281 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
5282 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
5283 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5284 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5285 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5286 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5287 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
5288 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5289 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5290 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5291 Problem noted by several people.
5292 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5293 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5294 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
5296 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5297 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5298 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5299 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5300 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5301 of Best Internet Communications.
5302 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
5303 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5304 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5305 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5306 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5307 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5308 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5309 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5310 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
5311 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5312 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5313 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5314 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5315 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5316 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5317 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
5319 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
5320 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5321 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5322 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5323 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
5324 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
5325 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5326 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5327 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5328 of Kyoto University.
5329 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5330 conditions from Don Lewis.
5331 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5332 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5333 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5334 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
5335 patch from Bryan Costales.
5337 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5338 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
5339 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
5340 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5341 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5342 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
5343 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5344 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
5345 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5346 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
5347 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5349 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5351 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5352 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5353 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5354 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5355 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5356 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
5357 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5358 than one long one. By popular demand.
5359 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
5360 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5361 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5362 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5363 of NTT Software Corporation.
5364 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5368 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
5369 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5370 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
5371 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5372 best-of-security list.
5373 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5374 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5375 should make it clearer to people that they are running
5377 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5378 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5379 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5380 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
5381 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5382 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5383 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5384 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
5385 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5386 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5387 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5388 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5389 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5390 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
5391 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5392 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5393 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5394 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5395 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
5397 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
5398 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5399 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5400 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5401 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5402 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5404 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5405 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5406 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5407 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
5408 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5409 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5410 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5411 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
5412 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5413 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
5414 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5415 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5416 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5417 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5418 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5419 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5420 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5421 University of Linkoping.
5422 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5423 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
5424 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5425 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5426 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5427 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5428 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5430 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5431 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5432 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5433 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5434 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
5435 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
5436 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5438 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5439 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5440 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
5441 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5442 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5443 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5444 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5445 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5446 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5447 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5448 The outline of the implementation was contributed
5449 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5450 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5451 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5452 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5453 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5454 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
5455 Earickson of Colby College.
5456 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
5457 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5458 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5460 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5461 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
5462 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5463 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5464 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5465 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
5466 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5467 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5468 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5469 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5470 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5471 University of Washington, Seattle.
5472 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5473 Polytechnic Institute.
5474 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5475 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5477 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5479 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5481 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
5482 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5483 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5485 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5486 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5487 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5488 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5489 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5492 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
5493 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5494 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
5495 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5496 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5497 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5498 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
5499 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5501 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5502 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5504 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
5505 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5506 on illegal host names.
5507 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5508 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5509 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
5510 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5511 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5512 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5513 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5514 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5515 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5516 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5517 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
5518 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5519 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5520 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5521 University of Leicester.
5522 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5523 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5524 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5525 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
5526 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5527 University of Washington.
5529 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
5530 people pointed this out.
5531 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5532 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5533 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5534 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5535 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5536 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5537 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5538 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5540 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
5541 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5542 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
5543 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5545 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
5546 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5547 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5548 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5549 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
5550 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5551 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
5552 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5553 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
5554 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5555 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5556 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5557 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5558 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5560 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5561 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5562 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5563 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5564 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5565 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
5566 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5567 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5568 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5569 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
5570 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5571 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5572 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5573 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
5574 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5575 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5576 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5577 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5579 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5580 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5582 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5583 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5584 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5585 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5586 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
5587 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5588 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5589 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5590 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5591 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5592 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5593 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5594 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5596 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5597 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5598 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5599 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5600 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
5601 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5602 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5603 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
5604 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5605 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
5606 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5607 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5608 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5609 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
5610 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5611 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5612 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5613 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5614 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5616 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5617 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
5619 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5620 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5621 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
5622 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5623 there should be no security implications. Implementation
5624 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
5625 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5626 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5627 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5628 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
5629 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5630 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5631 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5633 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5634 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5635 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5636 University of Maryland.
5637 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
5638 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5639 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5640 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5641 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5642 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
5643 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5644 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5645 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5646 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
5647 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5648 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
5649 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
5650 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5651 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
5652 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
5653 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5654 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5655 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5656 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
5658 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5659 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5660 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
5661 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5662 is for incoming connections only.
5663 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
5664 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5665 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
5666 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
5667 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5668 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5669 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5670 (e.g., due to connection caching).
5671 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5672 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5673 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5674 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
5675 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5676 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5677 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5678 that take a very long time to run.
5679 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
5680 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5681 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5682 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5683 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
5684 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5685 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5686 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5687 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5688 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5689 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
5691 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5692 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5694 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5695 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5696 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5697 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5698 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5699 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5700 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5701 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5702 different for this case.
5703 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5704 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5705 of Stanford University.
5706 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5707 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5708 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
5709 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5710 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5711 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
5712 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5713 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5714 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
5715 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5716 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5717 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5718 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
5719 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5720 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5721 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5722 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5723 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5724 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5726 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5727 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5728 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
5729 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5730 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5731 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
5732 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5733 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5735 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5736 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5738 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5739 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5740 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5741 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
5742 either of these in their configuration file.
5743 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5744 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
5745 St. Peter's College.
5746 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5747 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
5748 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5749 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5750 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
5751 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5752 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5753 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
5754 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5756 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5757 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5758 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
5759 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5760 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5761 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
5762 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5763 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5764 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5765 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5767 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5768 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5769 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5770 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5771 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5772 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5773 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5774 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5775 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5776 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5777 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5779 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
5780 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5781 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5782 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5783 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5785 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
5786 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5787 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5788 See also the src/READ_ME file.
5789 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5790 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
5791 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5792 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5793 two characters $, +.
5794 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5796 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5797 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5798 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5800 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5801 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
5803 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5804 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5805 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
5806 Beck of InReference, Inc.
5807 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5808 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5809 Computing Corporation.
5810 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5811 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5812 Internet Communications.
5813 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5814 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5815 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5817 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
5818 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5819 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5820 of the University of Iceland.
5821 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5822 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5823 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5824 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
5825 this change is a no-op.
5826 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
5828 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
5830 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5831 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
5832 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5833 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5834 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
5835 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5836 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5837 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5838 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
5839 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5840 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5841 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
5842 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
5844 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5845 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
5846 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5847 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5848 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5849 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
5850 easily determine what messages are to their role as
5851 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
5852 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5853 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5854 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
5855 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5856 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5857 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5858 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
5859 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5860 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
5861 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5862 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
5863 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
5864 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5865 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5866 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
5867 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
5868 of Stanford University.
5869 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5870 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
5871 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5872 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5873 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5874 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5875 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5876 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5877 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5878 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5879 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
5880 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
5881 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5882 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
5884 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5885 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5886 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
5887 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5888 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
5889 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5890 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
5891 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
5892 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
5893 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
5894 value is ".hoststat".
5895 There are also two new operation modes:
5896 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5898 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
5899 recent status information.
5900 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5901 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5902 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5903 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5904 framework is gratefully appreciated.
5905 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5906 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5907 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5908 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5909 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5910 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5911 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5912 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5913 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5914 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
5915 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5916 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5917 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
5919 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5920 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5921 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5922 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5923 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5924 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5925 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5926 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5927 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5928 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5929 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5931 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5932 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5933 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
5934 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5935 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5936 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5937 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
5938 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5939 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5940 of Washington, Seattle.
5941 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
5942 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5943 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5944 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5945 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5946 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
5947 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5948 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
5949 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
5951 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5952 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5953 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5954 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5955 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5956 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5957 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
5958 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5959 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5961 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5962 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
5963 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5964 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5965 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5966 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5967 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5968 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
5969 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5970 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
5971 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5972 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5973 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
5974 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5975 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5976 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
5978 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5979 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5980 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5981 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
5982 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5983 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
5984 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5985 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5986 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
5987 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
5988 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5989 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5990 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5991 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5992 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5993 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5994 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5995 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5996 National University of Singapore.
5997 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
5998 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5999 system can't cope with.
6001 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6002 Atlas International.
6003 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6005 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6006 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6007 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
6008 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6009 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6010 Bernstein and Associates.
6011 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6012 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
6013 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6014 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6015 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6016 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6017 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6018 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6019 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6020 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6021 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6022 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6023 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6024 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6025 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6026 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6028 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6029 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6030 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6031 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6032 Employment Standards Administration.
6033 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6034 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6036 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6037 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6038 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6039 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6040 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6041 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6042 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6043 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6044 of the University of Arizona.
6045 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
6046 Vanderbilt University.
6047 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6048 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6049 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
6050 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6051 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
6052 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6053 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6054 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6055 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6057 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6058 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6059 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6060 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
6062 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
6063 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
6064 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6065 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
6066 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6067 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6068 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
6069 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6070 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6071 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
6072 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6073 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6074 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6075 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
6076 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6077 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
6078 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6079 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6080 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6081 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6082 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6083 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
6084 info@foo.com foo-info
6085 info@bar.com bar-info
6086 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
6087 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6088 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6089 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6090 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
6091 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
6092 a great many people.
6093 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6094 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6095 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6097 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6098 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6099 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6100 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
6101 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
6102 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6103 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6104 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6105 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
6106 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
6107 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6108 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6109 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6110 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
6111 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6112 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
6113 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6114 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6115 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6117 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6118 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
6119 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6120 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6121 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
6122 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6123 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6124 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
6125 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6126 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6127 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6128 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6129 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6130 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
6132 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6133 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6134 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6135 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6137 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6138 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
6139 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6140 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6141 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6142 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6143 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
6144 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6145 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6146 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6147 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6148 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6149 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6150 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
6152 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6153 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6154 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6155 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6157 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6158 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6159 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6160 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6161 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6162 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6163 mailstats/mailstats.8
6164 praliases/praliases.8
6165 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6166 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6167 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6168 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6169 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6173 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6175 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6177 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6181 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6182 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
6183 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
6184 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6185 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6187 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
6188 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6189 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6190 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
6191 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6192 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6193 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6194 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
6195 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6197 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
6198 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6199 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6200 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6201 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6202 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6205 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
6206 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6207 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6208 any user (except root).
6209 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6210 version number is unchanged.
6212 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
6213 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6214 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
6215 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6216 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6217 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
6218 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6219 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6220 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
6223 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6224 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6225 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
6226 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6227 Stanford University.
6228 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6229 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6231 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
6232 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6233 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
6234 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6235 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6236 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6237 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
6238 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6239 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
6240 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6241 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6242 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6243 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
6245 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6246 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6247 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6248 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6249 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6250 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6251 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6252 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
6253 bounces when it should have requeued.
6254 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6255 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6256 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
6257 John Hawkinson of Panix.
6258 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6259 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6260 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6261 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
6262 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
6263 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6264 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6266 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
6267 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6268 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6269 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
6270 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6271 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6272 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6273 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6274 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6275 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6276 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6277 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
6278 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6279 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6281 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6282 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6283 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6284 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6285 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6286 included even if the user did not request success notification,
6287 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6288 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6289 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6290 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6291 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
6292 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6293 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
6295 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6296 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
6297 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6298 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6299 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6300 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6301 Technological University.
6302 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6303 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
6304 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6305 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6306 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
6307 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6308 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6309 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6310 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6311 to have the database format of the alias files without the
6312 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6314 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6315 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6316 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6317 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6318 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6320 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6321 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
6322 Association for Progressive Communications.
6323 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6324 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6325 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6326 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6327 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
6328 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6329 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6331 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6332 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
6333 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
6334 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6335 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6336 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6337 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
6338 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6339 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
6340 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6342 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6343 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
6344 James B. Davis of TCI.
6345 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
6346 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6347 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6348 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
6349 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6350 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6351 isn't supported on all compilers.
6352 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6353 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6354 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6355 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6356 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6357 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6358 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6360 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6361 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6362 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6363 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
6364 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6365 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6366 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
6367 for different files.
6368 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
6369 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6370 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6371 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6372 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6375 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
6376 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6377 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6378 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
6379 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6380 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6381 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6382 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6383 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6384 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6385 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6386 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6387 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
6388 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6389 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6390 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6391 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6392 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6393 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
6394 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6395 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6396 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6397 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6398 results. This could have security implications.
6399 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6400 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6401 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6402 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6403 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
6404 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6405 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
6407 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
6408 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6409 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6410 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6411 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6412 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6413 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
6414 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6415 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6416 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
6417 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
6418 domain names are your friends.
6419 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6420 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6421 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6422 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6423 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6424 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
6425 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6426 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6428 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6429 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6430 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6431 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6434 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6435 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
6436 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6437 file and SGI standards. From Andre
6438 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6439 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6440 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6441 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6442 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6443 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6444 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
6445 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6446 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6447 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6448 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6449 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6450 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6451 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6452 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6453 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6454 Infobiogen (France).
6456 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6457 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6458 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6461 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6462 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6463 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6464 Global Communications.
6465 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6466 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6467 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6468 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
6469 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6470 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
6471 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6472 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6473 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6475 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6476 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6477 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6478 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6479 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6480 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6481 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6482 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6483 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6485 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6486 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6487 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6488 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
6489 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6490 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6491 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
6492 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
6493 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
6494 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6495 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6496 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6497 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6498 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6499 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6500 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6501 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6502 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6503 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6504 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6505 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6506 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
6507 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6508 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6509 Swarthmore University.
6510 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6511 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6512 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6513 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6515 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6516 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6518 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6519 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6520 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6521 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6522 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6523 and the parsed address.
6524 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6525 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6526 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
6527 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6528 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
6529 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6531 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6533 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6534 `mapname' and return the result.
6535 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6536 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6537 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6538 the header for envelope sender information and uses
6539 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
6540 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6541 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6543 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6544 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6545 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
6546 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6547 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6548 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6549 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6550 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6551 of Michigan Technological University.
6552 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6553 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6554 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6555 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
6556 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
6557 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6558 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
6560 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6561 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6562 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
6563 the error message. It was especially weird because it
6564 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6565 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
6566 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6567 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6568 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
6569 should have minimal impact on external function.
6570 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6571 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6573 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6579 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6580 C CheckpointInterval
6582 D AutoRebuildAliases
6595 k ConnectionCacheSize
6596 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
6623 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6624 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6625 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
6628 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
6629 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6630 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6631 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6632 specify "V6" in the configuration.
6633 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6634 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6635 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6636 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
6637 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6638 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6639 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6640 This requires config file support to get right. It does
6641 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6642 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6643 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6644 A Addresses are aliasable.
6645 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6646 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
6647 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6648 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6649 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6650 recipient mailer flags.
6651 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6652 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6654 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6655 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6656 : Check for :include: on this address.
6657 | Check for |program on this address.
6658 / Check for /file on this address.
6659 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
6660 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
6661 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6662 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6663 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6664 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6665 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6666 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
6667 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6668 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6669 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
6670 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6671 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
6672 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6673 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6674 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6675 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6676 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6677 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
6678 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6679 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6680 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
6681 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6682 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6683 (essentially, the full MIME option).
6684 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6685 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6686 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6687 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
6689 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6691 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6692 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6693 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6694 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6695 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6696 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6697 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
6698 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6699 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
6700 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6701 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
6702 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6703 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6704 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6705 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6706 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
6707 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6708 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6709 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6710 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6711 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6712 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
6713 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6714 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6715 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
6716 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6717 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6718 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6720 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6721 fashion as the U= mailer option.
6722 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6723 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
6724 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6725 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6726 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6727 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6728 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
6729 from Chip Rosenthal.
6730 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6733 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6734 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
6735 set them both the preferred new syntax is
6736 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6737 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6738 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6739 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6740 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
6741 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6742 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
6743 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6744 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6745 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
6746 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6747 contribution was to make it configurable).
6748 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6749 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6750 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6751 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6752 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6753 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6754 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6755 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6756 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6758 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6760 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6761 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6762 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6763 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6764 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6765 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
6766 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6767 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6768 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
6769 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6771 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6772 :include: and .forward files.
6773 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6774 key field name, the value field name, and the field
6775 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
6776 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6777 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6778 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6779 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6780 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6781 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
6783 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
6784 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
6785 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
6786 Hutton of Indiana University.
6787 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
6788 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6789 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6790 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
6791 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
6792 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6793 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
6794 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6795 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6796 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6797 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6799 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
6800 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6801 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
6802 are from sysexits.h.
6803 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6804 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
6807 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6808 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6809 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6810 map2 is searched and the value returned.
6811 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
6812 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6813 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
6814 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6815 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6816 For example, if the declaration of the map is
6817 Ksample switch hosts
6818 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6819 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6821 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6822 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6823 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
6824 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6825 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6826 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
6827 the -m (matchonly) flag.
6828 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6829 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
6830 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6831 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6832 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6833 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
6834 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6835 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
6836 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6837 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6838 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6839 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6840 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6841 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
6842 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6843 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6844 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6845 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6846 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6847 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6848 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6849 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6850 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6851 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
6852 an /etc/hosts entry reads
6853 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6854 this change will use the second name as the canonical
6855 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6856 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6857 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6858 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6859 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6860 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
6861 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6862 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6863 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6864 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
6865 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6866 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6867 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
6868 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6869 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6870 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6871 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6872 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6873 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6874 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6875 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6876 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6877 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6878 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6879 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6880 much longer than the specified timeout.
6881 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6882 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6883 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6884 denial-of-service attack.
6885 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6886 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6887 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6888 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
6889 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6890 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6891 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6892 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
6893 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6894 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
6895 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6896 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6897 actually file lookups.
6898 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6899 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6900 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
6901 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6902 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6903 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
6904 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6905 support for them has been removed.
6906 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6907 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6908 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6909 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6910 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6911 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
6912 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6913 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6914 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
6915 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6916 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6917 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6918 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6919 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6920 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6921 also improves the connection cache utilization.
6922 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6923 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
6924 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6925 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6926 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6927 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
6928 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6929 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
6930 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6932 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6933 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
6934 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6935 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
6936 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6937 option can give the network software time to establish
6938 the link. The default units are seconds.
6939 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6940 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6941 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6942 Defense Information Systems Agency.
6943 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6944 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
6945 the National Computer Security Center.
6946 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6947 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6948 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6949 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
6950 the mailprio scripts (see below).
6951 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6952 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6953 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
6954 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6955 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6956 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
6957 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
6958 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6959 University Computing Service.
6960 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6961 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
6962 the University of Kentucky.
6963 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6964 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6965 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6966 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
6967 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6968 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6969 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6970 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6972 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6973 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6974 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6975 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6976 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6977 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6978 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
6979 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6980 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6981 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6982 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6983 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6984 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
6985 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6986 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6987 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
6988 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
6989 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6990 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6991 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6993 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6994 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6995 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
6996 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6997 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6998 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6999 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7000 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
7001 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7002 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7003 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7004 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7005 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7006 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
7008 None Leave the message as is. The
7009 message will be passed on even
7010 though it is in technically
7012 Add-To Add a To: header with any
7013 recipients that it can find from
7014 the envelope. This risks exposing
7016 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
7017 has almost no redeeming social value,
7018 and is provided only for back
7020 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
7021 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7022 which will have the effect of
7023 making the message legal without
7024 exposing Bcc: recipients.
7025 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
7026 There is a chance that mailers down
7027 the line will delete this header,
7028 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7030 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7031 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
7032 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7033 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7034 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7035 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7036 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
7037 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7038 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7039 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7040 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7041 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7042 For example, if you run with
7043 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7044 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
7045 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7046 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7047 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7048 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7049 entries. For example, given the aliases:
7052 and an alias file declared as:
7053 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7054 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7055 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7056 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7057 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7058 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7059 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
7061 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7062 to be simpler and more consistent.
7063 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
7064 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7065 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7066 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7067 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7068 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7069 This may affect some people who have written their own
7070 checkcompat() routine.
7071 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
7072 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7073 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7074 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7075 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7076 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7077 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7078 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7079 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7080 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7081 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7083 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7084 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7085 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7086 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7087 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
7088 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7089 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
7090 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7091 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7092 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
7093 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7094 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7095 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7096 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7097 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7098 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7099 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7100 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7102 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7103 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7104 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
7105 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
7106 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7107 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7108 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7109 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7110 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
7111 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7112 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
7113 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7114 is added between the first and second word of the first
7115 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7116 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7117 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7118 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7119 old sendmails understand.
7120 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7121 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
7122 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7123 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7124 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
7125 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7126 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7127 data -- for example,
7128 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7129 (romanized/less information)
7130 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7131 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7132 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7133 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7134 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7135 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7136 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7137 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7138 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7139 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7140 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
7141 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
7142 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7143 Eric Prestemon of American University.
7144 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7145 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7146 increment on the background value).
7147 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
7148 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
7149 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7150 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7151 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7152 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7153 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7154 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7155 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
7156 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7157 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7158 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7159 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
7160 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
7161 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7162 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7163 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
7164 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7165 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7166 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7167 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7168 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
7169 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7170 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7171 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7172 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7173 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7174 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7175 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7176 service type is "files".
7177 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
7178 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7180 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7181 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
7182 contributed by SunSoft.
7183 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7184 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
7185 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7186 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7187 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
7188 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7189 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
7190 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7191 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7192 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7193 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7194 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7195 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
7196 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7197 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7198 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7199 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7200 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7201 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7202 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
7203 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7204 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7205 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7206 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7207 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
7208 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7209 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7210 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7211 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7212 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7213 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
7214 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7215 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7216 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7218 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7219 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
7221 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7222 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7223 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7224 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
7226 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
7227 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7228 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7229 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7230 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7231 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7232 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7233 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7234 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
7235 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7236 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7237 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7238 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7240 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7241 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
7242 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7243 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7244 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7245 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7246 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7247 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7248 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
7249 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7250 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
7251 of Sun Microsystems.
7252 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
7253 is at least 50% faster.
7254 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7255 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7257 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7258 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7259 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7260 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
7261 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7262 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
7263 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7264 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
7265 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7266 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7267 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7268 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7269 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
7270 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7271 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7272 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7274 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7276 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7277 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7278 Global Information Solutions.
7279 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7280 From Motonori Nakamura.
7281 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
7283 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7284 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7285 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7286 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7287 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7288 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
7289 James of British Telecom.
7290 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
7291 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7292 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7293 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
7294 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7295 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7296 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
7297 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7298 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7299 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
7300 a bad guy can read your private files.
7302 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7303 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7304 University. This expands the disk size
7305 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7306 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7307 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7308 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7309 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7310 Linux Makefile typo.
7311 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7312 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7313 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7315 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
7316 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7317 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
7318 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7319 This requires adaptation of code that really
7320 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7321 addresses or nameserver fields.''
7322 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
7323 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7324 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7325 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7326 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7327 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7329 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7330 match all the other configuration files. Fix
7331 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7332 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
7333 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7334 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
7335 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7336 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7337 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7338 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
7340 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7341 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7342 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7343 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
7344 of Ohio State University.
7345 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7346 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7348 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
7349 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
7351 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7352 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7354 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7355 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7357 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7358 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7359 Rochester Medical Center.
7360 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7361 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7362 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7363 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7364 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7365 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7366 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7368 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7369 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7370 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7372 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7373 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7374 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7375 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7376 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7377 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7378 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7379 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7380 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7381 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7383 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7384 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7385 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7386 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7387 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7388 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7389 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7390 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7391 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7392 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7393 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7394 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7395 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7396 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7398 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7399 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7400 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
7401 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7402 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7403 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
7404 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7405 on the file, but it should be quite small.
7406 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
7407 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7408 giving the local administrator more control over what
7409 programs can be run from sendmail.
7410 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
7411 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7412 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7414 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7415 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7416 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7417 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7418 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7419 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
7420 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7421 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7422 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7423 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7424 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7425 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
7426 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7427 arbitrary directory -- use either:
7428 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7430 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7431 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7433 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7434 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7435 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7437 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7438 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7439 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7440 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7441 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7442 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7444 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7445 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7446 just unqualified ones.
7447 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7448 was never used and didn't work anyway.
7449 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7450 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7451 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7452 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7453 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
7454 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7456 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7457 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7458 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7459 this is expected to be another sendmail.
7460 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7461 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7462 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7463 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
7464 Rosenthal of Unicom.
7465 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7466 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
7467 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7468 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7469 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
7470 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7471 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7472 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7474 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7475 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7477 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7478 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7479 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
7480 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7481 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7482 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7483 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
7484 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7485 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7486 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7487 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7488 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7489 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
7490 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7491 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7492 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
7493 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7494 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7495 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7496 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7497 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7498 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7499 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7500 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7501 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
7502 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7503 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
7504 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7505 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7506 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7507 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7508 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
7509 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7511 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7512 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7513 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7514 Information Systems Agency.
7515 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7516 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7517 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7518 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7519 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7520 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7521 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
7522 that really can be used in the real world.
7523 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7524 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7525 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7526 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7527 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7528 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7529 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7530 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
7532 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
7533 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7534 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7535 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7537 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7538 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7539 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7540 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
7541 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7542 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7543 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7544 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7545 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7546 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
7547 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7548 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7549 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7550 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7551 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7552 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7553 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
7554 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7555 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7556 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
7557 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7558 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7559 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
7561 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7562 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7563 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7564 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7565 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7568 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7570 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7571 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7572 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7573 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7574 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7575 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7576 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7578 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7579 cf/domain/generic.m4
7580 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7581 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7582 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7584 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7585 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7589 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7590 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7591 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7592 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7597 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7600 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7601 mail.local/mail.local.0
7607 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7608 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7609 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7610 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7611 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7612 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7613 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7614 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7615 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7616 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7617 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7618 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7619 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7620 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7621 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7622 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7623 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7624 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7625 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7633 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7634 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7635 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7636 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7637 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7638 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7639 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7640 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7641 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7642 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7643 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7644 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7645 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7646 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7647 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7648 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7649 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7650 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7651 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7652 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7653 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7658 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7660 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7661 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7662 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7663 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7664 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7665 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7666 contrib/rcpt-streaming
7667 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7669 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
7670 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7671 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7672 any user (except root).
7673 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7674 version number is unchanged.
7676 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
7677 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7678 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
7679 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7680 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7681 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7683 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7684 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7687 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
7688 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7689 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7690 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7691 message when attempted from IDENT.
7692 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7693 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
7694 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
7695 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7696 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7697 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7699 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7700 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
7702 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7703 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
7704 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7705 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7706 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7707 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
7708 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7710 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7711 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
7713 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
7715 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7716 and Liudvikas Bukys.
7717 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7718 from Spider Boardman.
7719 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7722 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
7723 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7724 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7725 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7726 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7727 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7728 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
7730 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7731 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7732 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7733 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7734 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7735 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
7736 University of Texas.
7737 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7738 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7739 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7740 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7741 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7742 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7744 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7745 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
7746 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7747 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7748 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7749 with a lot of arguments).
7750 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7751 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7752 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7754 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7755 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7756 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7757 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7759 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7760 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7761 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
7762 some of the map code.
7763 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7766 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
7767 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7768 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7769 may have some security implications.
7770 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7771 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
7772 Hill of the University of Iowa.
7773 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
7774 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7775 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7776 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
7777 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7778 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7779 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7781 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7782 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7783 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
7784 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7785 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
7786 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7788 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7789 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
7790 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7791 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7792 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
7793 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7794 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7795 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
7796 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7797 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7798 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7799 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7800 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
7801 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
7802 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7803 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
7804 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7806 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7807 message to explain how much space was available and
7808 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
7809 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7810 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7811 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7812 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7813 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7814 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7815 moves things more towards what will probably become a
7816 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7818 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7819 without recompiling.
7820 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7821 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
7823 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7824 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7825 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
7826 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7827 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7828 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7829 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
7830 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7831 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7832 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7833 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7834 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
7836 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7837 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7838 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7839 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7840 refused" response, and that the connection can be
7841 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
7842 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7843 size around and can never start listening to connections
7844 again. The down side is that someone could start up
7845 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7846 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7847 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7848 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
7849 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7850 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7852 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7853 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
7854 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7855 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7856 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7857 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7858 doc directory. This includes some additional
7860 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7861 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
7862 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7863 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
7864 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7865 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7866 loop the mail, which was bad news.
7868 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7869 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7870 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7871 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7872 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7873 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7874 Newcastle upon Tyne.
7875 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7877 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7878 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7879 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7880 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7883 src/Makefile.NCR3000
7884 doc/changes/Makefile
7885 doc/changes/changes.me
7886 doc/changes/changes.ps
7888 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
7889 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7890 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
7891 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7893 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
7894 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7895 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
7896 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7899 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
7900 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7901 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7902 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7903 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7905 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7906 in the connection cache for a long time under some
7907 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
7908 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
7909 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
7910 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7911 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7912 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7913 from a local user to another local user. From
7914 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7915 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7916 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
7917 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7918 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7919 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7920 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7921 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7922 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7923 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7924 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7925 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7926 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7927 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7928 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
7929 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7930 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7931 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7933 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7935 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7936 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7937 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7938 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
7939 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7940 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7941 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7942 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7944 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7945 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
7946 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7947 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
7949 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7950 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7951 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
7952 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
7953 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7954 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7955 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7956 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7957 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
7958 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7959 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7960 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
7961 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7962 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7963 security implications. Suggested by several people.
7964 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7965 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
7966 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7967 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
7969 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7970 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7971 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7972 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7973 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7974 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
7975 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7976 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7977 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7978 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
7979 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7980 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
7981 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7982 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7983 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7984 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7985 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7986 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7987 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7988 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
7989 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7990 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7991 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7992 didn't see the class items being added.
7993 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7994 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7995 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
7997 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7998 but sets h_errno to a success value.
7999 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8000 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8001 address specified in the P option). This fix should
8002 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8003 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8005 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8006 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8007 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8008 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8009 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8010 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8011 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
8013 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8014 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
8015 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
8017 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8018 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
8019 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8020 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8021 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
8023 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8024 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8025 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8026 University of Washington.
8027 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8028 don't have an ``=value'' part.
8029 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8030 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
8031 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8032 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8033 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8034 of Cambridge University.
8035 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8036 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8037 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8038 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8039 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8040 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8041 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8042 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
8043 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8044 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8045 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8046 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
8047 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8048 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8050 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8051 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8052 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8053 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8054 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8055 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
8056 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8057 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
8058 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8059 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8060 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
8061 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8062 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8063 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8064 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8065 size for various mailers.
8066 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8067 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8068 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8069 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8070 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8071 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8072 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8073 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8074 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
8076 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8077 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
8078 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8079 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8080 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
8081 Michel of Thomson CSF.
8082 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8083 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8084 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8085 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8086 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8087 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8088 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8089 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
8090 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8091 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8092 University of Sydney.
8093 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8094 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8095 This is because of the known bug where definition of
8096 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8097 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8098 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8099 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8100 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
8101 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
8103 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8104 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8105 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8106 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8107 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
8110 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8111 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8112 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8113 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8114 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8115 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8116 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8117 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8118 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8120 src/Makefile.DomainOS
8122 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8123 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8124 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8126 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8131 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
8132 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8133 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
8134 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8135 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8136 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
8137 permissions they should not have had (usually group
8138 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
8139 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8140 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8141 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8142 Although this does not respond to a specific known
8143 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
8144 Christian Wettergren.
8145 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8146 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8147 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8148 program by putting that in their .forward file.
8149 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8150 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8151 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
8152 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
8153 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8154 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8155 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8156 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8157 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8158 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8159 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8160 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
8161 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8162 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8163 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8164 connection to create problems on the current job.
8165 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8167 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8168 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8169 problem that ignored the load average in locally
8170 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
8171 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
8172 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8173 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8174 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8175 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8176 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8177 when sending error messages. This resulted in
8178 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
8179 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
8180 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8181 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8182 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
8183 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8184 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8185 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8186 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
8187 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8188 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8189 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8190 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8191 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
8193 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8194 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8195 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8196 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8197 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8198 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
8199 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8200 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8201 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
8202 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8203 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8204 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8205 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8206 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
8207 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8208 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8209 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8210 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8211 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8212 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8213 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8214 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8216 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8217 of from a clean exit.
8218 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8219 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8220 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8221 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8222 as the subject of an error message, even though the
8223 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8224 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8225 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
8227 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8228 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
8229 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
8230 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8231 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8232 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8233 says that they should be ignored.
8234 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8235 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8236 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
8237 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8239 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8240 documented in the Bat Book.
8241 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8242 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8243 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8244 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8245 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8246 code during some parts of connection initialization.
8247 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8248 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8249 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
8250 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8251 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8252 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8253 of Kyoto University.
8254 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8255 From P{r Emanuelsson.
8256 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8257 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8258 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
8260 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8261 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8262 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8263 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
8265 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8266 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8267 illegal addresses appearing there).
8268 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8270 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8272 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
8273 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8274 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8275 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8276 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
8277 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8278 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8279 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8280 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8281 by the other end closing the connection. From
8282 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8283 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8284 to include a host name or other useful information.
8285 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
8287 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8288 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8289 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8290 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
8291 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8292 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8293 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8294 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8295 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8297 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8298 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8299 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8300 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8301 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8302 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8303 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
8304 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8305 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8306 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8307 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8308 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8309 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
8310 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8311 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8312 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8313 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8314 of the Institute for Global Communications.
8315 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8316 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
8317 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8318 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8319 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8320 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8321 Portability fixes for:
8322 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8323 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8324 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8325 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8326 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8327 of Stoner Associates.
8328 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8329 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8330 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8332 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8333 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8334 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8335 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8336 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8338 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8340 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8341 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8342 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
8343 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8344 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8345 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8346 since this is intended only for internal use, the
8347 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
8348 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8349 addresses when relaying internally.
8350 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8351 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
8352 provided by Peter Wemm.
8353 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8354 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
8355 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8356 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8357 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8358 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8359 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8360 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8362 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8363 rather than letting them get "local configuration
8364 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8365 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8366 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8367 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
8368 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8369 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8370 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8371 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8372 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8373 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8374 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8375 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8376 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
8378 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
8379 Jim Murray of Stratus.
8380 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8381 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
8382 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8383 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8384 the local name prepended.
8385 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8386 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8387 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8388 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
8389 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8390 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
8391 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8392 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8393 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8394 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8395 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8396 :include: files and accounts that have shells
8397 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
8398 cause some .forward files that have worked
8399 before to start failing.
8400 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8404 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8405 src/Makefile.Mach386
8412 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8414 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8416 makemap/Makefile.dist
8417 praliases/Makefile.dist
8419 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
8420 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8421 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8422 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8423 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
8424 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8426 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8427 in a few critical places.
8428 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8429 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
8430 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
8431 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8432 and High-Energy Physics.
8433 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8434 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
8436 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8437 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8438 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
8440 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8441 really become relevant in the next release, but some
8442 people need it for local patches. From Michael
8443 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8444 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8445 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8446 these can have different values depending on which
8447 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
8448 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8449 what uid/gid processes ran as.
8450 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8451 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8452 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8454 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8455 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8456 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8457 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8458 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
8460 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8461 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8462 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
8463 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8464 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
8465 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
8467 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
8468 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8469 addresses that get return-receipts.
8470 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8471 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8472 and end up sending the message several times.
8473 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8474 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8476 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8477 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
8478 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8479 Cornell University Medical College.
8480 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8481 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8482 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8483 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
8485 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8486 connections fail during message collection. From
8488 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8489 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8490 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8492 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8493 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
8494 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8495 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8496 by non-root users were not put into
8497 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8498 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
8499 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8500 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8501 could get confused as to whether a database was
8503 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8504 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8505 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
8506 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8507 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8508 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8509 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8510 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8511 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8513 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
8514 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8515 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8516 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8517 propagated to the queue file.
8520 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8521 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8522 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8523 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8524 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8525 header files but don't have the syscall.
8526 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8528 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8529 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8530 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8531 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8532 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8533 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8534 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8535 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8536 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8537 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8538 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8539 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8540 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8541 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
8543 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8544 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
8546 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8547 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8548 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8549 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8550 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
8551 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8552 files that you should be able to read but have previously
8553 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8555 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8556 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8557 MX suppression will still work.
8558 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8559 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
8560 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8561 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8562 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8563 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
8565 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8567 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8568 trying to send the original message if the connection
8569 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8570 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
8571 by John Myers of CMU.
8572 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8574 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8575 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8576 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8577 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
8578 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8579 queue interval. This is an important fix.
8580 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8581 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8582 ruleset testing a bit easier.
8583 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8584 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8586 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8587 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
8588 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
8589 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8591 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8592 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8593 Harvey Mudd College.
8594 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8595 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
8596 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8597 their full name information.
8598 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8599 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8600 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
8601 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8602 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8603 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8604 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8605 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8606 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8607 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8608 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
8609 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8610 PC TCP/IP implementations.
8611 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8612 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
8613 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
8614 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8616 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8617 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8619 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8620 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
8621 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
8622 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8623 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8624 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8625 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8626 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8627 that claims to be itself works properly.
8628 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8629 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8630 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8631 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8632 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8633 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
8634 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8635 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8636 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8637 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8638 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8640 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8641 true address to still send to the original address
8642 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8643 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8644 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8645 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
8646 more trouble than it was worth.
8647 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8648 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
8649 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8650 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
8651 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8652 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8653 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8655 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8656 messages don't come out with stale information.
8657 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8658 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8659 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8660 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
8662 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8663 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
8665 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8666 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
8668 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8669 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8670 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8671 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8672 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8673 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8674 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8675 that does bulk data transfer).
8676 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
8678 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
8679 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8680 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8681 bogus config files that were not caught.
8682 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8683 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8684 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8685 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8686 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8687 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8688 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8689 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8690 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8691 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8692 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8693 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8694 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8695 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8696 opened or if running with no database format defined.
8697 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8698 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8699 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8700 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
8701 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8703 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8704 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8705 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
8706 to match regular entries.
8707 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8708 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8709 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8710 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8711 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8712 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8713 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8714 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8715 error message so that the "subject" line of return
8716 messages is the best possible.
8717 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8718 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8719 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8720 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8721 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8722 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8723 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8724 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8725 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8726 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8727 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
8728 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8730 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8731 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8732 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8733 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8734 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8735 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8736 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8737 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8738 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8739 addresses in any detail.
8740 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8741 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8742 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8743 with an address such as "!foo".
8744 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8745 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
8746 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8747 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
8751 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8752 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8753 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8754 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8755 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8756 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
8757 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8758 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8759 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
8761 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8762 are no DNS records matching the name.
8763 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8764 original message was received ... from localhost".
8765 The correct original host information is now included.
8766 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8767 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
8768 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
8769 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8770 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8771 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8772 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8773 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8774 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
8775 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8776 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
8777 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8778 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8781 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
8782 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8783 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8784 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8785 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
8786 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8787 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8788 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8789 are really configuration errors. This option is
8790 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8792 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8793 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
8794 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8795 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8796 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
8798 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8799 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8800 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
8801 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8802 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
8803 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8804 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8805 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8806 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
8807 of dickering with error handling (see below).
8808 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
8809 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8811 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8812 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
8813 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8815 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8816 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
8817 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8818 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
8819 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8820 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
8821 connection rather than sending QUIT.
8822 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8823 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8824 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
8825 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8826 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8827 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8828 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8829 core dumps on some machines.
8830 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8831 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8832 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8833 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8834 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8835 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
8836 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8837 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8838 some true error conditions.
8839 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8840 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
8841 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8842 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8843 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8844 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
8845 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
8846 by Motonori Nakamura.
8847 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8848 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
8849 caused error messages to be handled differently during
8850 a queue run than a direct run.
8851 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8852 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8853 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8854 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8855 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8856 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8857 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8859 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8860 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
8861 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8862 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8863 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8864 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
8865 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8866 is appropriately functional.
8867 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8868 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8869 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
8870 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8871 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8872 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8873 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8874 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8876 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8877 process group id. The original fix was to get around
8878 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8879 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8880 different from the process id. I could try to fix
8881 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8882 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8884 Portability changes:
8885 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8886 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8887 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
8888 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8890 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
8891 help other strict ANSI compilers.
8892 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8894 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8895 documentation apparently doesn't define
8896 __STDC__ by default).
8897 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8898 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8900 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8901 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8902 several people have made a good argument that this
8903 creates more problems than it solves (although this
8904 may prove painful in the short run).
8905 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8907 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8908 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8909 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8910 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8911 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8912 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8913 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8914 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8915 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8916 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8917 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8918 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8919 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8920 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8921 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8922 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8923 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8924 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
8925 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8926 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
8927 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8928 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8929 environments. Ugly as sin.
8932 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8933 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8934 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
8935 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8936 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8937 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8938 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
8939 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8940 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8941 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8942 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
8944 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8946 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8947 compatibility library. This also adds a new
8948 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8949 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8950 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8951 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
8952 for quick test cases.
8953 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8954 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8955 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8956 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8957 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8958 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8959 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
8960 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8961 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
8962 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8963 From Michael Corrigan.
8964 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8965 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
8966 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8967 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8968 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8969 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8970 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8971 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
8972 Christophe Wolfhugel.
8973 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8976 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8977 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8978 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
8979 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8980 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
8981 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8982 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8983 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
8985 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8986 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8987 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
8988 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8989 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8990 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8991 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8992 match the other flags in that file.
8993 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
8994 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8995 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8996 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8997 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8998 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
8999 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9000 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
9001 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9002 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9003 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
9004 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9005 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9006 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9007 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9008 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
9009 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9010 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
9011 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9012 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9013 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9014 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9015 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9016 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9017 the root and directories leading up to your home);
9018 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9020 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9021 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9022 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9023 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9024 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9025 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9026 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9027 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
9028 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9029 is separate; this is just intended to work around
9030 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9031 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
9032 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9033 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9034 matching without a null it never tries again with a
9035 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
9036 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9037 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
9038 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
9039 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9040 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9042 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9043 will insert the appropriate full name information;
9044 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9046 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9047 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9048 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9049 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9050 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9051 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9052 only happen when there has been another error in the
9053 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
9054 by default in conf.h.
9055 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9056 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
9057 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9058 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9059 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9060 This output is not intended to be particularly human
9061 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9062 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9063 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
9064 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9065 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9066 See cf/README for an example.
9067 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9068 sites that don't use the -d flag.
9069 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9070 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9071 has been requested by several people, but can break
9072 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9073 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9074 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9075 broken. Use it sparingly.
9076 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
9077 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
9078 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9079 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
9080 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9081 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
9082 Bill Wisner of The Well.
9083 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9084 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
9085 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9087 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
9088 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9089 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9090 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9091 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9092 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9093 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9095 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
9096 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9097 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
9098 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9100 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
9101 Another mailertable fix....
9104 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.